artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 1,000 records of 1,000 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 142,551 – 143,550 of 1,000

Clements Stan view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Finey George 1895-1987 view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Guthrie Clive view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Harvey John view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Litchfield Geoffrey view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Parkes Adrienne
view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Lambert Georgeview full entry
Reference: Exhibition of the Works of the Late George Lambert, AEA, arranged by the Executors, exhibition at David Jones Gallery, June 24 - 10 July, 1937
Publishing details: David Jones Gallery, 1937
Ref: 1009
Bandt Rosview full entry
Reference: Ros Bandt -. SOUNDS IN SPACE. Wind Chimes and Sound Sculptures.
Publishing details: Victorian Arts Council, Melbourne. 1985. Landscape 4to, 52pp. With black and white and colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Bell Martinview full entry
Reference: Martin Bell - I am.
Publishing details: ? 4to, with black and white illustrations, paperback
Ref: 1000
Lewer Richardview full entry
Reference: Richard Lewer - NOBODY LIKES A SHOW OFF. Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Monash University Museum of Art, Melbourne. 2009. 8vo, with colour illustrations. paperback .
Ref: 1000
Snee Christopherview full entry
Reference: CHIRSTOPHER SNEE: SELECTED PAINTINGS 1997 - 2001.
Publishing details: Gitte Weise Gallery, Sydney. 2001. Large 8vo, 40pp, illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Wallace Anneview full entry
Reference: ANNE WALLACE: FOURTEEN PAINTINGS.
Publishing details: Darren Knight Gallery, Sydney. 2001. Landscape 8vo. With colour plates.
Ref: 1000
Reveries: Photography and Mortalityview full entry
Reference: Reveries: Photography and Mortality, by Helen Ennis. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2007.
Ref: 1000
Photography and Mortalityview full entry
Reference: see Reveries: Photography and Mortality, by Helen Ennis. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2007.
Seeing More than Black and Whiteview full entry
Reference: Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Bennett Gordon portrait Eddie Mabo, 1996view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Hannaford Ross portrait of Lowitja O’Donoghue 2006view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Gerber Matthÿs 2002 work George Tjungarrayi.view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Earle Augustus in passingview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Bock Thomas in passingview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
McCrae Tommy in passingview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Johny the Artist, Kongatong view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Black Johnny - Johny the Artiste Kongatong view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
von Guérard Eugene sketch of Johnny the artist, Kangatongview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Kruger Fred ‘Souvenir album of Victorian Aboriginalsview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Tiwi Pukumani Polesview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Tjapaltjarri Tim Leura and Clifford PossumTjapaltjarri brothersview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Marika Mawalan portrait Djan’kawuview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Archibald Prizeview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Abbott Harold short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Allen Davida short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Allen Mary Cecil short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bale A M E short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Barton Del Kathryn short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Beecroft Herbert short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Beynon Kate short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bieniek Natasha short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Brack John short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Buckmaster Ernest short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bustard William short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Campbell Robert Jnr short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Carter Norman short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Cassab Judy short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Connor Kevin short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Coppersmith Yvette short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Counihan Noel short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Crooke Ray short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Crowley Grace short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Cummings Elisabeth short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dargie William short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dawson Janet short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dobell William short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dowling Julie short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dyer Geoff short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Edwell-Burke Mary aka Edwards short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Edwards Mary short essay aka Edwell-Burke view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Ellis Frances short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Etherington Marc short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Feuerring Maximilian short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Fullbrook Sam short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
La Gerche Geoff short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Giacco Jenny short essay aka Sandsview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sands Jenny short essay aka Giaccoview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Goldberg Jean short essay aka Nethercoteview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Nethercote aka Goldberg Jean short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hanke Henry short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Harding Nicholas short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Harvey E A short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hearman Louise short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hele Ivor short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Heysen Nora short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hick Jacqueline short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Holmes Edith short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Fu Hong short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hood Cherry short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Jerrold-Nathan Reginald short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Ken Tjungkara short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Kmit Michael short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Lambert George short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Lester Kerrie short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Liibus Vaike short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Longstaff John short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Lowry Fiona short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
McCubbin Winifred short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Manning Tempe short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Marcovitch Alfreda short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Martin Gabrielle short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Martin Max short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
McInnes Violet short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
McInnes W B short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Meldrum Max short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Molvig Jon short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Murch Arthur short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Namatjira Vincent short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Newton Paul short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Olsen John short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Palaitis Josonia short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Paterson Esther short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Peir Cliff short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Perry Adelaide short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pidgeon William short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pornett Murial short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pugh Clifton short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Quilty Ben short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Reisser Tiiu short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Richardson Harry Linley short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Robertson Barbara short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Robinson William short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Rodway Florence short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sages Jenny short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sharpe Wendy short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Shore Arnold short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sibley Andrew short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Smith Eric short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Smith Ian short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Smith Joshua short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Toovey Dora short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tucker Albert short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Varvaressos Vicki short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tyndall Peter short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Vickery John short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Waller Mervyn Napier short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Walters Wes short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Warren Guy short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Watson Douglas short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Westwood Bryan short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Whiteley Brett short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Whiting Ada short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Williams Caroline short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Wilson Eric short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Woodward Margaret short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Appleton Jean as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Annear Harold Desbrowe as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Beadle Paul as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bell Richard as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Clark Tony as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Coen Margaret as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Cohn Ola as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Craig Sybil as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dattilo-Rubbo Antonio as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Flugelman Bert as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hanke Henry as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Havekes Gerard as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Humphries Barry as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Langer Gertrude as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Namatjira Albert as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Paterson Betty as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pornitz Charlotte Tottie as sitter aka Pornettview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pornitz Charlotte as sitter aka Pornett view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Rapotec Stanislaus as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Robinson William as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Roughsey Dick as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sharpe Wendy as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sweatman Estelle Mary as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Thompson Francis Roy as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tyndall Peter as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Upward Peter as sitter p80view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Shaw Roderick as sitter p80view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Boyd David as sitter p80view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Vickery John as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Waller Christian as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Whiteley Brett as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possum view full entry
Reference: see also Possum Clifford
Directory of Queensland Architects Aview full entry
Reference: A Directory of Queensland Architects from the earliest 1800s to 1940, by Donald Watson and Judith McKay of The University of Queensland - Fryer Memorial Library No. 5 - University of Queensland Press.

Publishing details: Published by University of Queensland Library, 1984, FIRST EDITION, softcover 8vo without dj, 5 sections, illustrations, 236pp., index.

Ref: 1000
Architecture Queenslandview full entry
Reference: A Directory of Queensland Architects from the earliest 1800s to 1940, by Donald Watson and Judith McKay of The University of Queensland - Fryer Memorial Library No. 5 - University of Queensland Press.

Publishing details: Published by University of Queensland Library, 1984, FIRST EDITION, softcover 8vo without dj, 5 sections, illustrations, 236pp., index.

Ashton Adrianview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Savages 1934 - 1955, by Adrian Ashton. [Black and white artists - to be indexed]
Publishing details: Sydney Savage Club, 1955, no 55 of a limited edition of 500 copies.
Cannon Michaelview full entry
Reference: see An Australian Camera 1851 - 1914, by Michael Cannon
Publishing details: Davis & Charles, 1973 (ex libris, no dw), Sm.4to. Or.cl.d.w. 112pp. With num. illusts.
Aboriginal Art of North Australiaview full entry
Reference: Aboriginal Art of North Australia, by J. Isaacs, Exhibition arranged by the Aboriginal Arts Board of the Australian Council.
Publishing details: Sydney n.d. ab.1977. Sm.4to. Or.wrapper. With frontisp. and num. illusts. some full-page. An
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Aboriginal Art of North Australia, by J. Isaacs, Exhibition arranged by the Aboriginal Arts Board of the Australian Council.
Publishing details: ydney n.d. ab.1977. Sm.4to. Or.wrapper. With frontisp. and num. illusts. some full-page. An
Quartermaine Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Fabled Ocean. A Personal View of Australian Art since 1960. The Eighth Herbert Blacklock Memorial Lecture delivered at the University of Sydney 27 September 1978.
QUARTERMAINE, PETER.
Publishing details: The Wentworth Press, 1970. 8vo. Or.printed wrapper. (20pp.).
Cotton Herbert Walter E 1872-1931view full entry
Reference: Australian Public Men, by H. W. Cotton. With 28 full-page sketches by H.W. Cotton.

Publishing details: N.S.W. Bookstall Coy. n.d. Circa 1904. 4to. Or. illust. wrapper back cover and upper spine defective. 16pp. With illust. title-page.
Ref: 1009
Cotton H Wview full entry
Reference: Souvenir of federal cartoons / by H.W. Cotton,
Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall Co., [1901] 
[10] leaves of plates : ill., ports.
Ref: 1000
Cotton H Wview full entry
Reference: A spring cleaning and other stories / by Bridget McSweeney (Thos. E. Spencer) ; with illustrations by H.W. Cotton


Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall, 1908
Ref: 1000
Cotton H W view full entry
Reference: How M'Dougall topped the score : and other verses / by Thos. E. Spencer ; with six full-page illustrations by Lionel Lindsay and H.W. Cotton


Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall, 1908
Ref: 1000
Lindsay Lionel illustrated byview full entry
Reference: see How M'Dougall topped the score : and other verses / by Thos. E. Spencer ; with six full-page illustrations by Lionel Lindsay and H.W. Cotton


Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall, 1908
women’s artview full entry
Reference: see The Gentle Arts - 200 Years of Australian Women's Domestic & Decorative Arts, by Jennifer Isaacs
Publishing details: Ure Smith Press, 1991, hc
decorative artview full entry
Reference: see The Gentle Arts - 200 Years of Australian Women's Domestic & Decorative Arts, by Jennifer Isaacs
Publishing details: Ure Smith Press, 1991, hc
Contemporary art and feminismview full entry
Reference: Contemporary art and feminism / Jacqueline Millner and Catriona Moore.

Full contents • From the politics of representation to a politics of acts
• Beyond performing identities
• Feminism and the pedagogical turn in art
• Craftivism: a material ethics of care
• Avant Gardening: Western landscape, ecofeminism and First Nations' care for country
• Feminist worlds: reimagining community and publics.
 
Biography/History Dr Jacqueline Millner completed studies in law, political science, and visual arts, before specialising in the history and theory of contemporary art as an arts writer and academic. She is Associate Professor of Visual Arts at La Trobe University, Melbourne, where she also lectures on contemporary art theory and history. She was previously Associate Professor of Art History and Theory, University of Sydney. She has published widely on contemporary Australian and international art in key anthologies, journals and catalogues of national andinternationalinstitutions, and has received prestigious grants and awards for her research including from the Australia Council for the Arts and the Australian Research Council.Her books include Conceptual Beauty: Perspectives on Australian Contemporary Art (2010), Australian Artists in the Contemporary Museum (with Jennifer Barrett, 2014), Fashionable Art (with Adam Geczy, 2015) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Catriona Moore, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across La Trobe University and the University of Sydney, and is currently leading the Care Project: Feminism, Art and Ethics in Neo-Liberal Times, a multiple location series of exhibitions and symposia (2019-21). Dr Catriona Moorehas been aSenior Lecturer in Art History & Film Studies at the University of Sydney. She has published widely on feminist art and activism, and more broadly on modern and contemporary women artists. Her research and writing have opened up cross-cultural connections between women artists and explored the visual expression of cultural diversity in modern and contemporary Australian art, within a comparative international framework. She is the author and editor of books central to the development of the feminist history of Australian art, including Indecent Exposures: Twenty Years of Australian Feminist Photography (1991), Dissonance: Feminism and the arts 1970-1990 (1991) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Jacqueline Millner, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across the University of Sydney and La Trobe University.
Notes Includes bibliographical references and index.
Description based on online resource; title from digital title page (viewed on July 26, 2021).
Publishing details: Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2022, online resource. 
Ref: 1000
feminismview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary art and feminism / Jacqueline Millner and Catriona Moore.

Full contents • From the politics of representation to a politics of acts
• Beyond performing identities
• Feminism and the pedagogical turn in art
• Craftivism: a material ethics of care
• Avant Gardening: Western landscape, ecofeminism and First Nations' care for country
• Feminist worlds: reimagining community and publics.
 
Biography/History Dr Jacqueline Millner completed studies in law, political science, and visual arts, before specialising in the history and theory of contemporary art as an arts writer and academic. She is Associate Professor of Visual Arts at La Trobe University, Melbourne, where she also lectures on contemporary art theory and history. She was previously Associate Professor of Art History and Theory, University of Sydney. She has published widely on contemporary Australian and international art in key anthologies, journals and catalogues of national andinternationalinstitutions, and has received prestigious grants and awards for her research including from the Australia Council for the Arts and the Australian Research Council.Her books include Conceptual Beauty: Perspectives on Australian Contemporary Art (2010), Australian Artists in the Contemporary Museum (with Jennifer Barrett, 2014), Fashionable Art (with Adam Geczy, 2015) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Catriona Moore, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across La Trobe University and the University of Sydney, and is currently leading the Care Project: Feminism, Art and Ethics in Neo-Liberal Times, a multiple location series of exhibitions and symposia (2019-21). Dr Catriona Moorehas been aSenior Lecturer in Art History & Film Studies at the University of Sydney. She has published widely on feminist art and activism, and more broadly on modern and contemporary women artists. Her research and writing have opened up cross-cultural connections between women artists and explored the visual expression of cultural diversity in modern and contemporary Australian art, within a comparative international framework. She is the author and editor of books central to the development of the feminist history of Australian art, including Indecent Exposures: Twenty Years of Australian Feminist Photography (1991), Dissonance: Feminism and the arts 1970-1990 (1991) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Jacqueline Millner, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across the University of Sydney and La Trobe University.
Notes Includes bibliographical references and index.
Description based on online resource; title from digital title page (viewed on July 26, 2021).
Publishing details: Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2022, online resource. 
women’s artview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary art and feminism / Jacqueline Millner and Catriona Moore.

Full contents • From the politics of representation to a politics of acts
• Beyond performing identities
• Feminism and the pedagogical turn in art
• Craftivism: a material ethics of care
• Avant Gardening: Western landscape, ecofeminism and First Nations' care for country
• Feminist worlds: reimagining community and publics.
 
Biography/History Dr Jacqueline Millner completed studies in law, political science, and visual arts, before specialising in the history and theory of contemporary art as an arts writer and academic. She is Associate Professor of Visual Arts at La Trobe University, Melbourne, where she also lectures on contemporary art theory and history. She was previously Associate Professor of Art History and Theory, University of Sydney. She has published widely on contemporary Australian and international art in key anthologies, journals and catalogues of national andinternationalinstitutions, and has received prestigious grants and awards for her research including from the Australia Council for the Arts and the Australian Research Council.Her books include Conceptual Beauty: Perspectives on Australian Contemporary Art (2010), Australian Artists in the Contemporary Museum (with Jennifer Barrett, 2014), Fashionable Art (with Adam Geczy, 2015) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Catriona Moore, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across La Trobe University and the University of Sydney, and is currently leading the Care Project: Feminism, Art and Ethics in Neo-Liberal Times, a multiple location series of exhibitions and symposia (2019-21). Dr Catriona Moorehas been aSenior Lecturer in Art History & Film Studies at the University of Sydney. She has published widely on feminist art and activism, and more broadly on modern and contemporary women artists. Her research and writing have opened up cross-cultural connections between women artists and explored the visual expression of cultural diversity in modern and contemporary Australian art, within a comparative international framework. She is the author and editor of books central to the development of the feminist history of Australian art, including Indecent Exposures: Twenty Years of Australian Feminist Photography (1991), Dissonance: Feminism and the arts 1970-1990 (1991) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Jacqueline Millner, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across the University of Sydney and La Trobe University.
Notes Includes bibliographical references and index.
Description based on online resource; title from digital title page (viewed on July 26, 2021).
Publishing details: Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2022, online resource. 
Neelia illustrated byview full entry
Reference: The Adventures of Melaleuca. For children aged 9 to 10 years. By A. L. Burrow. Illustrated by Neelia.

Publishing details: Sydney 1929. Sm.8vo. Orig. printed wrappers (slightly marked). (94pp.). (The Gumnut Readers Series). 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Harding Georgeview full entry
Reference: Australian Byways. The narrative of a sentimental traveler. By N. Duncan. 16 full-page plates by George Harding. [May not be Australian]Chapters 37-51 pp.207-294 deal with The Torres Strait and Papua New Guinea.
Publishing details: New York 1915. 8vo. Or.cl. T.e.g. 10294pp. With col. frontisp. and
Ref: 1000
Martin Henry Byam 1804-1865view full entry
Reference: The Polynesian Journal of Captain Henry Byam Martin R.N. In command of H.M.S. Grampus - 50 guns at Hawaii and on station in Tahiti and the Society Islands August 1846 to August 1847. By Henry Byam Martin. NOTE: Henry Byam Martin 1804-1865 died as a Vice-Admiral.
Publishing details: Australian National University Press 1981. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. In slightly chipped d.w. 192pp. With portr. 8 full-page col. plates and num. illusts. from original sketches by Capt. Martin. 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Annand Douglas illustrated byview full entry
Reference: The Hand of Memory. Selected stories and verse. By C. B. Christesen. With line drawings by Douglas Annand.
Publishing details: The Meanjin Press 1970. Royal 8vo. Orig. qtr buckram. Gilt. Spine gilt. xiv198pp.
Ref: 1000
Picture the Koalaview full entry
Reference: Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Ref: 140
Cunningham Walter . view full entry
Reference: The Story of Karrawingi the Emu.
By Leslie Rees. With 7 full-page col. plates and other illusts. by W. Cunningham.

Publishing details: John Sands Pty. Ltd. n.d. ca.1946. Sm.4to. dustjacket. 44pp.
Ref: 1000
YOUTH ANNUAL - December 1930.
view full entry
Reference: YOUTH ANNUAL - December 1930. With 26 col. plates after paintings by noted Australian artists and num. literary contributions by J.H.M. Abbott A.H. Chisholm Zora Cross a.o. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Sydney: W.H. Honey 1930. Large 4to. Or.pictorial wrappers edges chipped. 82pp. A double-page col. suppl. loosely inserted.
Ref: 1000
North of the 26thview full entry
Reference: North of the 26th; A Collection Of Writings, Paintings, Drawings and Photographs from the Kimberley, Pilbara and Gascoyne Regions. Helen Weller,  – Editor with the assistance from Hamilton, Roy & Harper-Nelson, John .  Photographic and Illustrations.with a foreword by D. H. O'Neil, Deputy Premier and Minister for Regional Administration And the North West, preface by Roy A. Hamilton, Director of the North West,   a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel.a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: The Nine Club, Perth, Western Australia, 1979.
First Edition.
Hardcover (Original Cloth).
Ref: 1000
Wild and Woolley Comic Book Theview full entry
Reference: The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Ref: 1009
McCausland Ianview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
McLean Neilview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Sharp Martinview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Pinder Philview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Olszewski Laurelview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Olszewski Pietrview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Carr Geraldview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Althoff Ernieview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Andrew Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Little Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Dickie Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Pride Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Rozycki Jackview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Porter Carolview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Puckridge Jonview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Daly Bobview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Greg and Graeview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Bromley Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Down underground comix view full entry
Reference: Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Ref: 1000
Pinder Philview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Mawson Mattview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Mackie Lizview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Leunig Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Buchanan Cherylview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Mollview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Dziatiek Andreview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Roberts Victoriaview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Amor Rickview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Coopes Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Negro Fredview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
McCausland Ianview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Daly Bobview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Sharp Martinview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Porter Carolview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Zoates Tobyview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Roth Stuartview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Curtis Sarahview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
McLean Neilview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Edwards Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Olszewski Laurelview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Stevens Colinview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Davidson Barbaraview full entry
Reference: Barbara A. Davidson, by Tanya Crothers. ('This book illustrates Davidson's career as an artist-printmaker who is interested in the Sydney Harbour Bridge and other nationalist iconography.')
Publishing details: Sydney: Milhau Press 2001. Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth. Gilt. In illust. dustjacket. 80pp. Profusely illust. in col. and b/w.
New Photography Australiaview full entry
Reference: New Photography Australia. A selective survey. Edited by G. Howe.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Australian Centre for Photography 1974. Sq. sm. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 104pp. Profusely illust. with full-page b/w photographic plates.
Ref: 1000
Photography Australiaview full entry
Reference: see New Photography Australia. A selective survey. Edited by G. Howe.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Australian Centre for Photography 1974. Sq. sm. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 104pp. Profusely illust. with full-page b/w photographic plates.
Parker Nview full entry
Reference: The History of the Hoppers. Verses by B. Parker. Illustrated by N. Parker. Reprint of London, 1912 ed.
Publishing details: The David Ell Press 1979. Large 4to. Orig. col. pictorial board. 54pp. With illust. title-page 12 full-page col. plates and many sepia drawings in the text. Reprint of Lond. 1912 ed.
Ref: 1000
Design in Balanceview full entry
Reference: Design in Balance. Designing the National Area of Canberra, 1968 -1972
JOHNSON, Roger.
Publishing details: QLD. U.P., (1974) Sm. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth. Dustjacket. (x,106pp.) With illust., and num. plans of which some are coloured.
Ref: 1000
Star Dust and Sea Sprayview full entry
Reference: Star Dust and Sea Spray, by Agnes Littlejohn. Text-illustrations by Sydney Ure Smith and Percy Leason
Publishing details: ydney: Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd. 1918. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. backed illust. boards rubbed. VIII84pp. With frontisp. title-vign. half-title page illust. and num. . 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Leason Percyview full entry
Reference: see Star Dust and Sea Spray, by Agnes Littlejohn. Text-illustrations by Sydney Ure Smith and Percy Leason
Publishing details: ydney: Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd. 1918. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. backed illust. boards rubbed. VIII84pp. With frontisp. title-vign. half-title page illust. and num. . 1st ed.
Lindsay Lionelview full entry
Reference: see Star Dust and Sea Spray, by Agnes Littlejohn. Text-illustrations by Sydney Ure Smith and Percy Leason
Publishing details: ydney: Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd. 1918. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. backed illust. boards rubbed. VIII84pp. With frontisp. title-vign. half-title page illust. and num. . 1st ed.
Turner Gregview full entry
Reference: A Portrait of Orange and District.
Illustrated by Greg Turner. (By Jim Bentley).With numerous full-page col. plates and line drawings of the district.
Publishing details: (Bathurst: Robert Brown and Associates n.d. circa 1970s). Oblong 4to. Orig. papered boards. Spine gilt. Illust. dustjacket. In orig. gilt-titled slipcase. (72pp.). With num. full-page col. plates and line drawings of the district.
Ref: 1000
Adnam Gview full entry
Reference: Verse: Folk art, by Gertrude Moffitt.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Beacon Press 1932. Oblong 4to. Orig. qtr cloth with illust. boards. 38pp. With 16 illusts by G. Adnam. Lim. ed. of 150
Ref: 1000
Thompson Martinview full entry
Reference: The West Australian Bird Folio. Text by J. Dell and R. Johnstone. Ed. by D. Dunbar. Illust. by Martin Thompson. ‘A collection of scientifically accurate and aesthetically pleasing portrayals of West Australian birds by the artist Martin Thompson.’
Publishing details: Perth: The Rainbow Press 1981. Folio. Or.cf. backed suede. 112pp. With a col. frontisp. 36 full-page col. plates text-illusts. some in col. and maps one of which is full-page. Additional full-page col. plate loosely inserted. 1st ed. Limited to 1000
Ref: 1000
Lefebvre Frederic view full entry
Reference: Poemes. Illustrations and transcriptions by Frederic Lefebvre.
Publishing details: Sydney: Privately Published 1987. Tall slim 4to. Unbound as issued published by The Southern Typothetae Port Kembla NSW. Comprising poems and coloured tipped-in lithographs. Enclosed in illustrated folder and slip case. Edition limited to 2000 numbered copies.
Ref: 1000
Law-Smith Joanview full entry
Reference: Kindred Spirits. A Botanical Correspondence. Letters by Jean Galbraith. Drawings by Joan Law-Smith.By Anne Latreille.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Australian Garden History Society, (1999). Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth. Spine gilt titled. Dustjacket. (224pp.). With frontispiece and numerous b/w and col. illusts, many full-page. 1st edition. Fine. The story of a friendship based on a 'shared love of plants and the natural world'.

Ref: 1000
view full entry
Reference:
Bonython Kym (produced by)view full entry
Reference: Modern Australian Painting & Sculpture - A Survey of Australian Art from 1950 to 1960, produced by Kym Bonython with a forward by Professor Joseph Bourke and an introduction by Laurie Thomas [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Griffin Press, 1960, hc, dw, 81pp
Australian Printmaking. A limited edition folio of reproductions from major original Australian Prints.view full entry
Reference: Australian Printmaking. A limited edition folio of reproductions from major original Australian Prints. ASSOCIATED PULP AND PAPER MILLS LTD
Orig. portfolio with the 6 prints loosely inserted. Issued from the Collection of the Ballarat Fine Art Gallery. The titles are: Throwing the Spear J. H. Clark Castle Rock Cape Schank Eugene von Guerard Siesta Norman Lindsay The Black Cloak Napier Waller The Rose Thea Proctor A Vision For Builders Jan Sandbergs.
Publishing details: Each of the six selected represents a significant period in the development of Australian printmaking from the early nineteenth century to the present. . Melbourne n.d. circa 1975. 45 x 36 cm. orig. captioned envelope.
Ref: 1000
Printmakingview full entry
Reference: see Australian Printmaking. A limited edition folio of reproductions from major original Australian Prints. ASSOCIATED PULP AND PAPER MILLS LTD
Orig. portfolio with the 6 prints loosely inserted. Issued from the Collection of the Ballarat Fine Art Gallery. The titles are: Throwing the Spear J. H. Clark Castle Rock Cape Schank Eugene von Guerard Siesta Norman Lindsay The Black Cloak Napier Waller The Rose Thea Proctor A Vision For Builders Jan Sandbergs.
Publishing details: Each of the six selected represents a significant period in the development of Australian printmaking from the early nineteenth century to the present. . Melbourne n.d. circa 1975. 45 x 36 cm. orig. captioned envelope.
CAMERAGRAPHSview full entry
Reference: see BOSTOCK, Cecil W. CAMERAGRAPHS OF THE YEAR 1924. A Souvenir of the First Exhibition of the Australian Salon of Photography. Quarto, pp. 48 (chiefly photographic plates) + tipped-in frontispiece, original cloth. The Sydney Camera Circle was behind the formation of the annual Australian Photography Salon in 1924 and 1926. Bostock, a leading figure in photography circles, designed the catalogues for both exhibitions, both of which also included lengthy critical reviews by Harold Cazneaux. Only the 1924 and 1926 salons were afforded substantial catalogues. + BOSTOCK, Cecil W. CAMERAGRAPHS 1926. Selections from the Second Exhibition of the Australian Salon of Photography. Quarto, tipped-in frontispiece and 48 pages of photographic plates, original cloth. Sydney, Harringtons, n.d. but 1926. Extremely scarce: one of the rare copies in original cloth , most were issued in wrappers. [Information from Australian Book Auctions catalogue, 23 May, 2016, lot 226.]
Publishing details: Sydney, Harringtons, n.d. but 1924. Edition limited to 1000 copies.
Ameneiro Tonyview full entry
Reference: Flowers Skulls & Heads, [’Covering the work of Australian artist-printmaker Tony Ameneiro “Flowers Skulls & Heads” looks back over two decades of the artist's work.
Included are various essays by Australian art writers Glenn Barkley, Sasha Grishin, Dr Thomas A Middlemost and Erin Wilson.
Complete with a referenced catalogue of illustrations and a print glossary.

The first 100 copies are signed and numbered and come with a signed limited edition drypoint print’]

Publishing details: Tony Ameneiro, 136 pages, hardcover
Ref: 1000
Byrne c1900view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 73rd Meeting, 6 January 2022, report published online: Watercolour painting of “Oldfields”, historic cottage of c1850, Mintaro, S.A.
34.7 x 47.0 cm.
Although apparently signed by the artist at lower left, the wording is illegible but possibly reads Byrne. By chance the owner of the painting had once stayed at the cottage, a character B&B at the corner of Young and Stein streets in Mintaro, and so recognized the building when the painting came up for sale. Undated, the painting has stylistic similarities to others we have seen of the mid-north of SA done around 1900. The house itself is built of pug and stone, with walls 40 centimetres thick, slab floors of the local slate, and open hearth fireplaces. An unusual feature is the chimney construction – round chimneys of rubble slate – claimed to have been a style unique to 17th century southern France.
The Mintaro township lies on the eastern edge of the Clare Valley, about 126 kilometres north of Adelaide, and is a State heritage-listed town. Established when land there was advertised for sale in 1849, the site was laid out in 1854. It became a staging point on what was known as the Gulf Road, a track between the rich copper mines of Burra and Port Wakefield, along which bullock wagons and mules carried copper to the ships, returning with coal to fuel the smelters. Once the railway took over that role the town’s economy virtually collapsed, leaving the town “held in aspic”. A feature of Mintaro is the widespread use of the local Cambrian era slate for buildings, tanks, chimneys and gravestones. Mined since the 1854 it achieved international fame for the production of billiard tables, with the quarry regarded as the oldest continuously producing quarry in Australia.
Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/resources/SA%20Report%2073%20-%20%20January%202022.pdf
Giles John view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 73rd Meeting, 6 January 2022, report published online: Watercolour painting, scene at Horseshoe Bay, Port Elliot SA, by John Giles. 1940s -1950s. Dimensions 17.2 x 24.3 cm (image). Original frame.
John Giles (1884/85-1970) was born in South Australia, and when young studied in Adelaide under Will Ashton (later Sir John William Ashton). When later studying in Sydney with J. S. Watkins they showed together in the annual exhibition of the Royal Art Society of NSW in 1917, amongst a constellation of early 20th century Australian artists. By occupation a tailor working at Port Adelaide, he was best known for his paintings, mainly in oils, of scenes around the port. Other areas he depicted were along the coast south of Adelaide and views of Sydney.
Giles and his wife mounted an exhibition of their combined works at the Society of Arts Gallery on North Terrace in Adelaide in July 1926, where in the opening address the President of the Society lauded them both, while reserving his chief remarks for John: “In Mr. Giles they had a worthy representative whose chief delight was in the sea. Yet his versatility was such that he had given not only seascapes and landscapes, but flower pieces and shell life as well... but the sea was his especial love... his touch was simple and direct, and his colour rich and good, and harmonious in tone. The speaker wished the couple every success...”
A friend of fellow painter Jeffrey Smart, Giles rated a mention in Smart’s 1996 memoir Not Quite Straight, and the two were said to have been together when Giles painted the above image. Although Giles fell somewhat into wider obscurity, an exhibition of his local works were shown at the SA Maritime Museum in 2009. At the time the National Trust of SA (Port Adelaide Branch) published an accompanying book Captured on Canvas – John Giles – Port Adelaide 1930-1960, by authors Susan Jenkins and Tony Kearney.
Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/resources/SA%20Report%2073%20-%20%20January%202022.pdf
Hilder J Jview full entry
Reference: The Art of J J Hilder The Final Exhibition of His Water-colours and Pencil Studies June 7th to 18th, 1927. Farmer's Exhibition Hall, Sydney N.S.W.
Publishing details: Farmer’s, 1927, Colour plate glued to the front cover.
Ref: 1009
Johnson Robertview full entry
Reference: Paintings of Central Australia by Robert Johnson. Folded card with colour illustrated front and list of 61 art works by Johnson who was born in New Zealand.
Publishing details: Published in New Zealand by the Government Printer. [no date but Trove dates it as 1959].
Ref: 1000
Bulletin Theview full entry
Reference: The Books of the Bulletin 1880 - 1952 An Annotated Bibliography by George Mackaness and Walter W Stone With Preliminary Essay by W E Fitzhenry and Norman Lindsay. Frontispiece and two other full page illustrations by Lindsay as well as illustrations by Phil May and Livingston Hopkins.
Publishing details: Published in Sydney by Angus and Robertson in an edition of 500 copies, in dustwrapper.
Ref: 1000
Gazard Johnview full entry
Reference: Picturesque South Australia 24 Views From Copyright Photographs by J. Gazard. 24 pages of photographic views.
Publishing details: Measures 24 x 18 cms Original thin board covers with a crease on the front cover. No date but Trove suggests 1907.
Ref: 1000
Haddon Georgeview full entry
Reference: 2004 calendar by George Haddon
Publishing details: publishing details to be added
Ref: 1000
Julius Harry view full entry
Reference: Theatrical Caricatures by Harry Julius. Marginal Anecdotes by Claude McKay. Profusely illustrated.
Publishing details: Sydney: NSW Bookstall, 1912.
Ref: 1000
Molnar Georgeview full entry
Reference: The Union Club Sketches by Molnar. 25 pages printed one side of the paper only. Ring bound. An unpublished book. Photocopied. Inscribed by George Molnar and dated 1989
Publishing details: unpublished, 1989, offered at Sydney Rare Book Auctions
February 4, 2022, lot 667.
Ref: 1000
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possum view full entry
Reference: Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri : paintings, 1973-1986. Published to accompany an exhibition at the ICA, 7 April to 29 May 1988.
Publishing details: Sydney : Institute of Contemporary Arts, [1988?] 
39 p. : ill. (some col.), 1 map
Ref: 1000
Australian nature from the heartview full entry
Reference: Australian nature from the heart : the paintings of Sally Elmer & Peter Slater / [text and images by] Sally Elmer & Peter Slater ; foreword, Joseph M Forshaw AM. [’Peter Slater and Sally Elmer have teamed up to produce a collection of images covering all aspects of Australian natural history. Subjects include many species of birds, plus mammals, insects, reptiles and much more, with these creature often portrayed with backdrops of stunning Australian landscapes, from desert and bush to rainforest and wetlands. The accompanying text gives fascinating background information and insight into species both common and rare, which the authors have encountered on their extensive travels around Australia.’]
Publishing details: Reed New Holland Publishers, 2021,
224 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Elmer Sallyview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature from the heart : the paintings of Sally Elmer & Peter Slater / [text and images by] Sally Elmer & Peter Slater ; foreword, Joseph M Forshaw AM. [’Peter Slater and Sally Elmer have teamed up to produce a collection of images covering all aspects of Australian natural history. Subjects include many species of birds, plus mammals, insects, reptiles and much more, with these creature often portrayed with backdrops of stunning Australian landscapes, from desert and bush to rainforest and wetlands. The accompanying text gives fascinating background information and insight into species both common and rare, which the authors have encountered on their extensive travels around Australia.’]
Publishing details: Reed New Holland Publishers, 2021,
224 pages : colour illustrations
Slater Peterview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature from the heart : the paintings of Sally Elmer & Peter Slater / [text and images by] Sally Elmer & Peter Slater ; foreword, Joseph M Forshaw AM. [’Peter Slater and Sally Elmer have teamed up to produce a collection of images covering all aspects of Australian natural history. Subjects include many species of birds, plus mammals, insects, reptiles and much more, with these creature often portrayed with backdrops of stunning Australian landscapes, from desert and bush to rainforest and wetlands. The accompanying text gives fascinating background information and insight into species both common and rare, which the authors have encountered on their extensive travels around Australia.’]
Publishing details: Reed New Holland Publishers, 2021,
224 pages : colour illustrations
Broinowski Graciusview full entry
Reference: Birds of Australia : a selection of his finest lithographs, 1887-1891 / Gracius Joseph Broinowski. Scientific profiles by Peter Mawson. Includes index.
Bibliography: p. 210.
Publishing details: Subiaco, W.A., : Broinowski Pub. Co., 1987 
211 pages : illustrations (chiefly col.), facsimiles, col. maps, port. Limited ed. of 850 numbered copies.
Ref: 1000
Broinowski Graciusview full entry
Reference: The birds of Australasia published in the centennial year of the colonisation of Australia : illustrated and described by Gracius. J. Broinowski ... / G.J. Broinowski
Ref: 1000
Broinowski Graciusview full entry
Reference: Birds and mammals of Australia / drawn, lithographed and described by Gracius J. Broinowski. [Contains 16 plates of birds and 15 plates of mammals with associated text.
N copy held in the folio run of the Mathews Collection.]
Publishing details: (Sydney, G. Murray)Sydney, Issued under the authority of the Department of Public Instruction of New South Wales, [1885?], 1 v. (unpaged) : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possum view full entry
Reference: see Vandemonian by Cliff Forshaw. [’The term Vandemonian refers to Van Dieman's Land, and Cliff Forshaw's sixth collection focuses on its inhabitants, both human and animal, newcomer and Aborigine, to piece together a fragmentary history of Tasmania. The first section moves from the island's mythic beginnings as Trowenna, through its discovery by Europeans andthe subsequent destruction of native peoples and wildlife as it becomes a penal colony's own penal colony. The poems roam wider and eventually fetch up on the mainland. A Ned Kelly Hymnal reflects on the legend of the famous outlaw, its use by artists and its ambiguous ubiquity as a symbol of Australian identity. The book concludes with The Shoal Bay Death Spirit Dreaming : an elegy for one whitefella victim of the Australian sun. The poem considers death and displacement through the disorientating effects of modern travel which foster oblique reflections on a famous aborigine artwork, the huge collaborative painting by Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri and his brother Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri,The Napper by Death Spirit Dreaming.’]


Publishing details: Arc Publications, 2013, 80pp
Vandemonianview full entry
Reference: Vandemonian by Cliff Forshaw. [’The term Vandemonian refers to Van Dieman's Land, and Cliff Forshaw's sixth collection focuses on its inhabitants, both human and animal, newcomer and Aborigine, to piece together a fragmentary history of Tasmania. The first section moves from the island's mythic beginnings as Trowenna, through its discovery by Europeans andthe subsequent destruction of native peoples and wildlife as it becomes a penal colony's own penal colony. The poems roam wider and eventually fetch up on the mainland. A Ned Kelly Hymnal reflects on the legend of the famous outlaw, its use by artists and its ambiguous ubiquity as a symbol of Australian identity. The book concludes with The Shoal Bay Death Spirit Dreaming : an elegy for one whitefella victim of the Australian sun. The poem considers death and displacement through the disorientating effects of modern travel which foster oblique reflections on a famous aborigine artwork, the huge collaborative painting by Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri and his brother Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri,The Napper by Death Spirit Dreaming.’]


Publishing details: Arc Publications, 2013, 80pp
Ref: 1000
Tjapaltjarri Tim Leura view full entry
Reference: see Vandemonian by Cliff Forshaw. [’The term Vandemonian refers to Van Dieman's Land, and Cliff Forshaw's sixth collection focuses on its inhabitants, both human and animal, newcomer and Aborigine, to piece together a fragmentary history of Tasmania. The first section moves from the island's mythic beginnings as Trowenna, through its discovery by Europeans andthe subsequent destruction of native peoples and wildlife as it becomes a penal colony's own penal colony. The poems roam wider and eventually fetch up on the mainland. A Ned Kelly Hymnal reflects on the legend of the famous outlaw, its use by artists and its ambiguous ubiquity as a symbol of Australian identity. The book concludes with The Shoal Bay Death Spirit Dreaming : an elegy for one whitefella victim of the Australian sun. The poem considers death and displacement through the disorientating effects of modern travel which foster oblique reflections on a famous aborigine artwork, the huge collaborative painting by Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri and his brother Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri,The Napper by Death Spirit Dreaming.’]


Publishing details: Arc Publications, 2013, 80pp
Keringkeview full entry
Reference: Keringke: Contemporary Eastern Arrernte Art [’There is a cultural grouping of aboriginals with a similar language spoken in and around Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia called Eastern Arrente. In the town of Santa Teresa, 80km SE of Alice Springs, the Keringke Art Centre began with a nine week fabric-painting course back in 1987. In 1988 the women of Santa Teresa held an exhibition at the Australian Bicentennial Craft Show, the first time an Aboriginal group had done so. By 1989, funding had allowed the building of a purpose-built Art Centre. It was named after the dreaming place of Kathleen Wallace, one of the artists at Santa Teresa. Keringke means ‘Kangaroo Tracks’. Despite widespread funding cuts to Art Centres during the 90’s, Keringke has flourished in recent times and is now a vital component of the area’s cultural, social and economic fabric. It was evident from the inception of the Keringke Arts association, that the Santa Teresa women certainly had an artistic style all their own. The women...]
Publishing details: Jukurrpa Books, Alice Springs, 1999, Soft cover
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Keringke: Contemporary Eastern Arrernte Art [’There is a cultural grouping of aboriginals with a similar language spoken in and around Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia called Eastern Arrente. In the town of Santa Teresa, 80km SE of Alice Springs, the Keringke Art Centre began with a nine week fabric-painting course back in 1987. In 1988 the women of Santa Teresa held an exhibition at the Australian Bicentennial Craft Show, the first time an Aboriginal group had done so. By 1989, funding had allowed the building of a purpose-built Art Centre. It was named after the dreaming place of Kathleen Wallace, one of the artists at Santa Teresa. Keringke means ‘Kangaroo Tracks’. Despite widespread funding cuts to Art Centres during the 90’s, Keringke has flourished in recent times and is now a vital component of the area’s cultural, social and economic fabric. It was evident from the inception of the Keringke Arts association, that the Santa Teresa women certainly had an artistic style all their own. The women...]
Publishing details: Jukurrpa Books, Alice Springs, 1999, Soft cover
Evans Jane NZview full entry
Reference: Jane Evans, by John Coley. [’Jane Evans is one of New Zealand's most successful artists. Her exuberant, colorful paintings attract collectors from around the world, and she has a waiting list of buyers for every work she creates. She has held sell-out exhibitions and seen her paintings auctioned for record prices.
But this success has not been easily achieved. At the age of eighteen, Jane Evans contracted systemic lupus erythematosus, a crippling and chronically painful condition, which affects the joints and the muscles surrounding them.
As John Coley recounts in this lively biography, Jane Evans kept her condition from the public for many years and has refused to let it interfere with her passion for painting and her enjoyment of a full and richly experienced life. As well as painting, she has also renovated two homes and created two gardens and traveled widely.
Superbly illustrated with over 100 reproductions of her works, more than 80 photographs by Lloyd Park of her home, garden and studio and brimming with the glorious color for which Jane Evans is famous, this book is a fitting tribute, visually and in words, to one of New Zealand's best-loved artists.

About the Author:
Initially trained as a journalist, John Coley lectured for many years in art education at the Christchurch Teachers College, before being appointed director of the Robert McDougall Art Gallery, the city's public art museum, in 1981.
Active as an artist, teacher and arts administrator throughout his career, he was appointed MBE in 1988 for services to the visual arts. He retired in 1995 to devote his time to painting, travel and a variety of personal creative projects.’]
Publishing details: Published by Hazard Press, Christchurch, New Zealand, 1997,
Ref: 1000
Waldman Shavali Samview full entry
Reference: Waldman Paintings Volume Two
Publishing details: Published by Anonymous, Australia, 1996, 84pp
Ref: 1000
Waldman Shavali Samview full entry
Reference: Waldman Paintings Volumes One and Two
Publishing details: [Sydney : S. Waldman], 1993-1996, 2 v. : col. ill. ; 26 cm. 
Ref: 1000
Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in Londonview full entry
Reference: The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Ref: 1000
colonial artview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
London - Australian artists inview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
1898 Exhibition of Australian Art in Londonview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
London Exhibition of Australian Art in London 1898 view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Grafton Galleries exhibition in London 1898 view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Buchan Alexander (? – 1769)view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century. [Buchan travelled with Sydney Parkinson (c1745-1771)... died before reaching Australia, was selected to ‘sketch views and plants’ on a voyage that aimed to confirm the ‘existence of [the] mysterious continent.’
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Parkinson Sydney (c1745-1771)view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Lycett Joseph view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Dale Robert afterview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Dowling Robert view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Ironside Adelaide view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
lithographsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Painter–Etchers Society Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Australian Painter–Etchers Societyview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
postersview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
woodblock printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Wood-engravingview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
linocuts and Sydney women artistsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grosvenor School and colour linocutsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
New Theatreview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Preston Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lindsay Lionel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Sherwood Maud printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hilder Bim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Terry F C printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Martens Conrad printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Montefiore E L printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Chevalier Nicholas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Mather John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Reynolds George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Roberts Tom printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hopkins Livingston printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fullwood A H printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Ashton Julian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Minns B E printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Shirlow John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cobb Victor vview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Moffitt Ernest printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lindsay Norman printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Leason Percy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Barnes Gustav printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Smith Sydney Ure printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Heysen Hans printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Coffey Alfred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gruner Elioth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
van Raalte Henri printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Long Sydney printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lambert George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bell George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Geach Portia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Traill Jessie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Conder Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Streeton Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Allport C L printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Proctor Thea printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Baker Cristina Asquith printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Flanagan John Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fox Ethel Carrick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Goodchild John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Eldershaw John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Goodchild Doreen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bunny Rupert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gregory Ina printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Macdonald J S printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Waller Napier printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Reynolds F C printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Brown Vincent printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Herbert Harold printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Curtis Robert Emerson printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hinder Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lovett Mildred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grey F Millward printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Kauffman John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Morris George J printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cazneaux Harold printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Paul Mick re cartoonview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Feint Adrian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Baldwinson Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Crane Olive printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Darbyshire Beatrice printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Young Blamire printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lind Ruby printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Keane Jas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gill S T printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grist Harry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Troedel Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fischer A J printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Wilmot Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Buring Adolph printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Betts W printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Smedley William Thomas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Patterson Ambrose printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Teague Violet printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rede Geraldine printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Spowers Ethel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Webb A B printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lungley Dorothy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Nimmo Lorna printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Palmer Ethleen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Haefliger Paul printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Northfield James printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Trompf Percy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Sellheim Gert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Annand Douglas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Davies L Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McGrath Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Perrottet G D printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Jordan Allan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Ogilvie Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rees Ann Gillmore printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Threthowan Edith printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Perry Adelaide printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Thake Eric printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gibbons Gladys printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Kingston Amie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Ainsworth Ruth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Allan Ailsa printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Beatty Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Blackburn Vera printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cornish Muriel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Weitzel Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Younghusband Adele printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Waller Christian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Griffin Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Crombie Peggy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grant Nancy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Pye Mabel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hawthorne Dore printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Birmingham Karna printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Irvine Ysobel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Montgomery Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Black Dorrit printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fabian Erwin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dyson Will printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Mack Ludwig Hirschfeld printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Freedman Harold printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Simon Bruno printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lymburner Francis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dargie William printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dyson Ambrose printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McCulloch Alan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Richmond Oliffe printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hick Jacqueline printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Aldor Christine nee Miller printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Miller Christine later Aldor printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Roberts Douglas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Perceval C H printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Maughan Jack printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Leon Dominic printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McClintock Herbert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dalgarno Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Counihan Noel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Buzacott Nutter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Mahood Marguerite printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bainbridge John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Menkhorst printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Harris Eve printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bucklow J E printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lindesay Vane printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rehfisch Alison printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hall Oswald printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Travers Hilda printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
O’Connor Vic printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Carter Maurie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lincoln Kevin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Millward Clem printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Amor Rick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Walker Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Coventry Frederick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Graham Geoffrey printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Wienholt Anne printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cilento Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Glass Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Annois Len printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McClintock Rem printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Crooke Ray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Boyd Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Whisson Ken printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
French Leonard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rosengrave Harry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Blackman Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Salkauskas Henry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Kahan Louis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Stein Guenter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Zikaras Teisutis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Strachan David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Halpern Stacha printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Prints in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
posters (p 248-279)view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Aboriginal artists prints before 2000 (p 280-323)view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Torres Strait Islanders prints (p 324-335)view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sumner Alan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Murray Lesley printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Thake Eric printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Richmond Oliffe printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
King Graham printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Griffin Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ratas Vaclovas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kubbos Eva printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Salkauskas Henry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Miksevicius Jurgis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Saline Gunars printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sellbach Udo printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Groblicka Lidia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marek Voitre printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marek Dusan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shearer Mitzi printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Duldig Karl printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Keky Eva printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Friedeberger Klaus printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mayo Eileen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Beck Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bainbridge John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sellheim Gert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Annand Douglas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grieve Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Armstrong Ian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Courier Jack printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brown Geoffrey printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Walker Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Williams Fred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Maddock Bea printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Boyd Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Olsen John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Miller Max printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lanceley Colin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kelpra Studio print workshopview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Whiteley Brett printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hanrahan Barbara printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wicks Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Backen Earle printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Haxton Elaine printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nolan Sidney printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Atelier 17 print workshopview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Plate Carl printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Preston Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Haselden Hubert photographerview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Chevalier Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Grosse Frederick engraverview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Slater George publisherview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Kerry Charles (1857-1928)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: An exceptional group of views of the Snowy Mountains taken between 1891 and 1900 by renowned Sydney photographer Charles Kerry, who is sometimes referred to as the “father of Australian skiing” because of his own enthusiasm for and promotion of this form of winter recreation in the late nineteenth century. The photographs include not only some of the most spectacular landscapes of the region but also scenes of skiing, mountain climbing and alluvial gold mining, the establishment of the meteorological observatory on Mount Kosciuszko (December, 1897), and the delivery of the Kiandra mail by a postman on skis and buildings in Kiandra half-buried under snow (August, 1900). The earliest image is probably the last in the album, a view of Yarrangobilly Caves, which Kerry was commissioned to photograph in 1891.
The album was originally owned by Rosalie Harnett, a member of a prominent pioneer grazier family in the Monaro district; indeed, one of the photographs in this album is a view of Harnett’s Lake. (Rosalie herself has a permanent memorial in Cooma: the stained glass east window of St. Paul’s, its subject “The Easter Tomb”, was given to the church by her “for mercies received”). It is not known, of course, whether Rosalie purchased the photographs directly from Kerry’s studio in George Street or from a local agent – perhaps a Cooma merchant, who is likely to have found selling Kerry prints to tourists as souvenirs a lucrative business. Rosalie cherished these views as an impressive visual record of the rugged mountain country of her beloved Monaro, and had them bound in handsome black morocco.
Original prints of Kerry’s Snowy Mountains images are highly sought after and scarce, even as individual examples; but to come across an entire album containing such a substantial group of them – and with a significant local association! – is a rare occurrence.
The caption titles of the photographs in the album are as follows (Kerry’s serial numbers, where legible, have been included):
2515. Snow Bridge, Main Dividing Range; 2518. A Steep Climb, Kosciuszko; 2488. Drifts, Snowy Mountains; 2517. Cootapatamba Lake, Summer; 2493. A Summer Drift, Snowy Mountains; 2473. Cavern in a Snow Drift; [Kerry’s party on horseback]; 2138. Lake, Kosciuszko; 2049. Harnett’s Lake, Snowy Mountains; 2503. The Blue Lake; 2496. Rising Mists, Snowy Mountains; 2510. Establishing the Observatory, Kosciuszko; 2490. Morning Fog, Thredbo Gorge; 2499. Sunset on Kosciuszko; 2359. Her Majesty’s Mail arriving at Kiandra; 2378. The Hotel Kiandra; 2155. A House, Kiandra, August 1900; 2356. View in Kiandra; 2389. Sluicing with the Giant Nozzle, New Chum Mine, Kiandra; 2363. A Wholesale Spill; [Three men on a sled]; 2382. Come to Grief, on Steep Incline; 2387. Icicles 15 ft. long on New Chum Tail Race; 2394. The End, New Chum Tail Race; 2362. Ice, Pheasant Creek, Snowy Mountains; 2375. Icicles in a Snow Cave; 2353. Icicles, Boogong Ranges, Snowy Mountains; 2372. Ti Tree Bushes, Frozen; 2367. Ti Tree Bushes, Frozen; 2391. Frost on an Ice Pool, 2 1/2 Inches High, Temperature 14° below zero; 903. The Rocks, Soda Water Springs, Cooma; 970. Snowy River at Jimenbenan Falls; 928. Fern Gully, Brown Mountain; Snowy River; 914. The Snowy Range from Paurong; [????] Yarrangobilly Cave.

Publishing details: Oblong quarto album (250 x 300 mm), original gilt-ruled black crushed morocco over boards (expertly rebacked to style), all edges gilt; pastedowns and endpapers replaced, with the ownership inscription of the album’s first owner, Rosalie G. Harnett, dated 1908, preserved on a section of the original front endpaper which has been mounted on the new rear pastedown; containing [36] albumen print photographs in uniform format 150 x 205 mm, mounted recto and verso of [18] leaves of thick card, all except two with handwritten caption, serial number and imprint of ‘Kerry Photo. Sydney’ in the negative;
Reilly Virgil Gavan (1892 - 1975)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: Lady Backer (at coursing). Pen and ink on card, 360 x 260 mm (image), captioned lower centre ‘Lady Backer (at coursing) – “If you please I would like to have a shilling on the tin hare’, signed lower left. Framed.
A fine pen and ink by the talented Virgil Reilly, almost certainly drawn for publication in the Sydney magazine Smith’s Weekly where he was employed as staff artist from 1920 – 1950. Virgil’s drawings often featured attractive young women navigating their way through the underworld of Sydney, many of which were compiled in the standalone publication Darlinghurst Nights in 1932.
The sport of coursing in Australia involved greyhounds racing each other with a live rabbit as their prey, the conclusion of the race involving the unfortunate demise of the bunny. In 1927 the ‘tin hare’ mechanism was introduced from the United States, which allowed the hounds to compete without the loss of life. This innovation popularised the sport, resulting on a backlash from conservatives who railed against the proliferation of gambling in working-class Depression-era communities. In Virgil’s wry illustration, the young woman is on to a winner with her wager, as reflected in the expression of the bookmakers – the tin hare always survives to race another day.
Provenance:
Theodore Bruce Auctions, The Etchings of John B Godson & Other Multiples, Sydney, 25/10/2021, Lot No. 6831
Lawsons, Australian and European Paintings, Sydney, 27/07/1999, Lot No. 396

Mutuaga view full entry
Reference: Mutuaga : a nineteenth-century New Guinea master carver. [’An important in-depth study of Mutuaga (c. 1860-1920s), an artist of the Suau district in the Massim cultural area, Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea, by the legendary authority on Massim art and culture, Australian philosopher and collector Harry Beran (1935-2021).
Beran identifies Mutuaga as the author of over 80 carvings, some of which have long been regarded as masterpieces of so-called tribal art. The text covers the Massim people, Massim carving styles, problems of stylistic attribution, Mutuaga and his works and the works of his contemporaries.
A rare and highly sought-after publication.’ from Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.’]

Publishing details: Wollongong, NSW : University of Wollongong Press, 1996. Quarto (280 x 205 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, pp xv, 251, with 153 b/w illustrations, map;
Ref: 1000
Davies Wynne W illustratorview full entry
Reference: The man Hamilton, Free Supplement to the Australian Women’s Weekly. Complete book-length novel by Vance Palmer, one of the two novelists who won First Prize in the Centenary Novel Competition. cover illustration by Wynne W. Davies.
Publishing details: NSW : Sydney Newspapers Ltd., [1935]. Folio newspaper (320 x 220 mm), pp 32, text printed in three columns
Ref: 1000
Gilfillan John Gordon (1839-1875), attributedview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: Lamb Hill, Wanganui. From nearly north east. Wood engraving, 165 x 230 mm (image), 200 x 260 mm (sheet); titled in the image Lamb Hill Wanganui, with subtitle in contemporary manuscript From nearly north east; initialled in the image lower left J.G.G.; light edge wear, else very good condition; unmounted.
An early wood-engraved view of the first Lamb Hill homestead, Warrengate, done around 1865 by John Gordon Gilfillan (1839-1875), son of J. A. (John Alexander) Gilfillan (1793-1864), one of the most important early settlers in the Whanganui district. Lamb Hill was the property of Dr. James Allison, John Gordon Gilfillan’s brother-in-law.
John Gordon Gilfillan’s father, J. A. Gilfillan, was a talented artist who had taught painting at Glasgow’s Andersonian Institute before emigrating to New Zealand with his wife and young family. The Gilfillans arrived in Wellington on Christmas Day 1841, when John Gordon was only two years of age. By the end of the following year J. A. Gilfillan had settled with his family in Whanganui, where he had been allotted 110 acres of arable land by the New Zealand Company in the Matarawa Valley, a short distance from the Whanganui township. He had also been granted a small town section in Guyton Street, on which he built a small thatched house. This was an interim dwelling which the family used while waiting for their farming land to be developed, and it was during this period that J. A. Gilfillan painted numerous scenes in and around Whanganui, as well as several portraits of local Māori chiefs. Many of his sketches and finished paintings from the first phase of European settlement in Whanganui have survived, and provide an important visual record of this time.
Gilfillan had completed the construction of the family’s house on their rural property in the Matarawa Valley by the end of 1845, and it is around this date that he painted the watercolour portrait of his six year old son John Gordon, now held in the Fletcher Trust Collection. In April 1847 the Gilfillan homestead was attacked by a Māori raiding party seeking to avenge one of their young men who had suffered a gunshot wound at the hands of a settler. The homestead was burnt to the ground. J. A. Gilfillan survived the attack, despite being severely wounded in the neck, but his wife and three of his children were massacred. Following this tragic incident, J. A. Gilfillan took his three surviving children – including John Gordon – to Australia, where he worked as an artist in Melbourne until his death in February 1864. John Gordon then returned to New Zealand, where he still had family ties in the Whanganui district due to his older sister Georgianna’s marriage to Dr. James Allison (1817-67) of Lamb Hill (Lambhill). Allison, another important early Whanganui settler, had arrived in 1840. He had named Lamb Hill after his family’s property in Scotland. In 1844 Allison married Georgianna Gilfillan (who had just turned 15), the daughter of J. A. Gilfillan. ‘After a period spent living at Wairau, James and Georgianna moved back to Lamb Hill in 1855 where they built the first of the two Lamb Hill homesteads around 1865. This house was of kahikatea, with severe borer damage requiring its replacement in 1880. The replacement was the same in every respect, and on the same spot. The site, a hill with extensive views, was chosen for fear of Maori attack. The lookout platform on the roof was built for the same reason.’ (Whanganui Government Built Heritage Inventory)
John Gordon Gilfillan is known to have made a small suite of wood engravings of Lamb Hill, probably done in 1865 following his return to Whanganui from Australia. They show the newly built Lamb Hill homestead belonging to his brother-in-law and sister from different angles.
The present engraving is one of only two known examples of this particular view (we have previously handled five otherwise unrecorded views, which included another example of the one offered here). While not the work of a professional artist like his father, John Gordon’s engravings have a charmingly naive quality.
A copy of John Gordon Gilfillan’s journal, containing his account of a journey from Whanganui via Taupo and Tauranga to Rotorua district between February and May 1875, is held in the National Library of New Zealand (the original is held in a private collection). Gilfillan did not return to Whanganui – he drowned in Lake Rotorua in May 1875, before completing his journey. The NLNZ also holds five watercolours which it has tentatively attributed to John Gordon Gilfillan, on the basis that they are in a “more primitive” hand than that of his father (see, for example Maori camp with men cooking).
Reference: Smart, Maxwell J.G. and Bates, Arthur P., The Wanganui story. Wanganui : Wanganui Newspapers Ltd., 1972

Gilfillan J Aview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: Lamb Hill, Wanganui. From nearly north east. Wood engraving, 165 x 230 mm (image), 200 x 260 mm (sheet); titled in the image Lamb Hill Wanganui, with subtitle in contemporary manuscript From nearly north east; initialled in the image lower left J.G.G.; light edge wear, else very good condition; unmounted.
An early wood-engraved view of the first Lamb Hill homestead, Warrengate, done around 1865 by John Gordon Gilfillan (1839-1875), son of J. A. (John Alexander) Gilfillan (1793-1864), one of the most important early settlers in the Whanganui district. Lamb Hill was the property of Dr. James Allison, John Gordon Gilfillan’s brother-in-law.
John Gordon Gilfillan’s father, J. A. Gilfillan, was a talented artist who had taught painting at Glasgow’s Andersonian Institute before emigrating to New Zealand with his wife and young family. The Gilfillans arrived in Wellington on Christmas Day 1841, when John Gordon was only two years of age. By the end of the following year J. A. Gilfillan had settled with his family in Whanganui, where he had been allotted 110 acres of arable land by the New Zealand Company in the Matarawa Valley, a short distance from the Whanganui township. He had also been granted a small town section in Guyton Street, on which he built a small thatched house. This was an interim dwelling which the family used while waiting for their farming land to be developed, and it was during this period that J. A. Gilfillan painted numerous scenes in and around Whanganui, as well as several portraits of local Māori chiefs. Many of his sketches and finished paintings from the first phase of European settlement in Whanganui have survived, and provide an important visual record of this time.
Gilfillan had completed the construction of the family’s house on their rural property in the Matarawa Valley by the end of 1845, and it is around this date that he painted the watercolour portrait of his six year old son John Gordon, now held in the Fletcher Trust Collection. In April 1847 the Gilfillan homestead was attacked by a Māori raiding party seeking to avenge one of their young men who had suffered a gunshot wound at the hands of a settler. The homestead was burnt to the ground. J. A. Gilfillan survived the attack, despite being severely wounded in the neck, but his wife and three of his children were massacred. Following this tragic incident, J. A. Gilfillan took his three surviving children – including John Gordon – to Australia, where he worked as an artist in Melbourne until his death in February 1864. John Gordon then returned to New Zealand, where he still had family ties in the Whanganui district due to his older sister Georgianna’s marriage to Dr. James Allison (1817-67) of Lamb Hill (Lambhill). Allison, another important early Whanganui settler, had arrived in 1840. He had named Lamb Hill after his family’s property in Scotland. In 1844 Allison married Georgianna Gilfillan (who had just turned 15), the daughter of J. A. Gilfillan. ‘After a period spent living at Wairau, James and Georgianna moved back to Lamb Hill in 1855 where they built the first of the two Lamb Hill homesteads around 1865. This house was of kahikatea, with severe borer damage requiring its replacement in 1880. The replacement was the same in every respect, and on the same spot. The site, a hill with extensive views, was chosen for fear of Maori attack. The lookout platform on the roof was built for the same reason.’ (Whanganui Government Built Heritage Inventory)
John Gordon Gilfillan is known to have made a small suite of wood engravings of Lamb Hill, probably done in 1865 following his return to Whanganui from Australia. They show the newly built Lamb Hill homestead belonging to his brother-in-law and sister from different angles.
The present engraving is one of only two known examples of this particular view (we have previously handled five otherwise unrecorded views, which included another example of the one offered here). While not the work of a professional artist like his father, John Gordon’s engravings have a charmingly naive quality.
A copy of John Gordon Gilfillan’s journal, containing his account of a journey from Whanganui via Taupo and Tauranga to Rotorua district between February and May 1875, is held in the National Library of New Zealand (the original is held in a private collection). Gilfillan did not return to Whanganui – he drowned in Lake Rotorua in May 1875, before completing his journey. The NLNZ also holds five watercolours which it has tentatively attributed to John Gordon Gilfillan, on the basis that they are in a “more primitive” hand than that of his father (see, for example Maori camp with men cooking).
Reference: Smart, Maxwell J.G. and Bates, Arthur P., The Wanganui story. Wanganui : Wanganui Newspapers Ltd., 1972

Kerry Charles attributedview full entry
Reference: Optical lantern readings. Sydney, New South Wales. By a Colonist.
[’A very scarce example of a booklet containing notes to aid in the presentation of a magic lantern slide lecture, or ‘optical lantern reading’.
In this case, a set of fifty glass slides with views of Sydney and environs is described in detail, the text acting as the script for a lecture which could be delivered with the aid of slide projection. The slide subjects include not only well-known Sydney landmarks such as public buildings, scenes around the Harbour, the Botanic Gardens etc., but also less common images such as Anti-Chinese Demonstration, and others from farther afield including Tweed River Warrior; Sandilands Tribe, Clarence River; A Cedar Team, Richmond River; Black, Climbing with Vine Twig; and A Morning’s Bag, River Darling.
The publication can be approximately dated because of an internal reference to the Conference on Federation held in Melbourne in early 1890. (Note that the set also includes a portrait of Sir Henry Parkes, placing “A Colonist” firmly in the pro-Federation camp).
A quick cross-check of a number of the slide titles leads us to believe that Charles Kerry (1857-1928) is likely to have been the photographer of the entire set of fifty images.
This booklet is unrecorded in Australian collections.’ from Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.]
Publishing details: London : Alabaster, Passmore & Sons, [probably 1890-92]. Octavo (215 x 140 mm), original printed green wrappers (detached), lower wrapper with advertisement for 200+ ‘Lantern Readings’ titles, inside front and rear wrappers with advertisements for the Orient Line’s Royal Mail Service between England and Australia and the merchant shipping company Neale & Wilkinson, 28 pp;
Ref: 1000
Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901.view full entry
Reference: Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Ref: 1000
Lindsay Norman view full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Longstaff John view full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Austin G B H designerview full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Ashton Julian and Howard designersview full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Ashton Howard and Julian designersview full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Massim Artview full entry
Reference: Massim Art - An exhibition of art of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea from private collections in New South Wales and Canberra, assembled, introduced and annotated, Harry Beran ; photographed, Radomir Joura, with many b/w photographic illustrations, maps, an introductory essay by Harry Beran
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 1980. Oblong quarto (210 x 295 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, staple bound; 48 pp,
Ref: 1000
New Guinea artview full entry
Reference: see Massim Art - An exhibition of art of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea from private collections in New South Wales and Canberra, assembled, introduced and annotated, Harry Beran ; photographed, Radomir Joura, with many b/w photographic illustrations, maps, an introductory essay by Harry Beran
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 1980. Oblong quarto (210 x 295 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, staple bound; 48 pp,
Joura Radomir photographsview full entry
Reference: see Massim Art - An exhibition of art of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea from private collections in New South Wales and Canberra, assembled, introduced and annotated, Harry Beran ; photographed, Radomir Joura, with many b/w photographic illustrations, maps, an introductory essay by Harry Beran
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 1980. Oblong quarto (210 x 295 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, staple bound; 48 pp,
Taim Bipoview full entry
Reference: Taim Bipo : the disappearing traditions and practices of Papua New Guinea as seen through the eyes of young Sogeri artists.
Publishing details: Sogeri, PNG : Sogeri National High School, 1988. Square quarto (260 x 250 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 182 pp, with b/w line-drawn illustrations by Sogeri child artists
Ref: 1000
Sogeri artistsview full entry
Reference: see Taim Bipo : the disappearing traditions and practices of Papua New Guinea as seen through the eyes of young Sogeri artists.
Publishing details: Sogeri, PNG : Sogeri National High School, 1988. Square quarto (260 x 250 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 182 pp, with b/w line-drawn illustrations by Sogeri child artists
New Guinea child artistsview full entry
Reference: see Taim Bipo : the disappearing traditions and practices of Papua New Guinea as seen through the eyes of young Sogeri artists.
Publishing details: Sogeri, PNG : Sogeri National High School, 1988. Square quarto (260 x 250 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 182 pp, with b/w line-drawn illustrations by Sogeri child artists
Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers

view full entry
Reference: Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers,
Publishing details: Port Moresby, PNG : National Cultural Council : Distributed by Robert Brown and Associates, 1975. Quarto (285 x 210 mm), stiff pictorial wrappers, pp [2], [36], illustrated with 71 captioned b/w photographic plates, map
Ref: 1000
New Guinea artview full entry
Reference: Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers,
Publishing details: Port Moresby, PNG : National Cultural Council : Distributed by Robert Brown and Associates, 1975. Quarto (285 x 210 mm), stiff pictorial wrappers, pp [2], [36], illustrated with 71 captioned b/w photographic plates, map
Gogodala wood carvers
view full entry
Reference: Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers,
Publishing details: Port Moresby, PNG : National Cultural Council : Distributed by Robert Brown and Associates, 1975. Quarto (285 x 210 mm), stiff pictorial wrappers, pp [2], [36], illustrated with 71 captioned b/w photographic plates, map
Clifford Samuelview full entry
Reference: Hobart Town, the capital of Tasmania. [Title from printed caption below image]. Wood-engraved panorama, 195 x 550 mm (sheet); no engraver’s details; central vertical fold with light foxing, else very good.
This engraved view was removed (by a previous owner) from a copy of the April 4 1868 edition of the Illustrated London News, in which the panorama was one of the illustrations that accompanied a report on the Duke of Edinburgh’s Tasmanian visit. The same original double-page contained another engraving (of identical dimensions), Regatta at Hobart Town, Tasmania, in honour of the visit of H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh. Both prints, on the same sheet, are held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK11760/55 and NK11760/56).
Hobart Town, the capital of Tasmania appears to be after a two-part panorama of Hobart from Lime Kiln Hill taken by photographer Samuel Clifford, titled Hobart Town from the North West (National Archives, UK).
see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Sydney (photographs c1920)view full entry
Reference: Sydney, illustrated, with [24] leaves of sepia tone photogravure views of Sydney and the Harbour, including George Street, Pitt Street, King Street, Martin Place, Art Gallery, St. Andrew’s Cathedral, Town Hall, G.P.O., Botanical Gardens, Circular Quay, Conservatorium, Farm Cove, South Head, Neutral Bay, Mosman’s Bay, Manly Beach, Watson’s Bay, Coogee, Bondi Beach, and Sutherland National Park;
Publishing details: Sydney, NSW : Samuel Wood, [circa 1920]. Oblong octavo (125 x 200 mm), publisher’s brown card wrappers with embossed lettering to front,
Ref: 1000
Wood Samuel (publisher)view full entry
Reference: see Sydney, illustrated, with [24] leaves of sepia tone photogravure views of Sydney and the Harbour, including George Street, Pitt Street, King Street, Martin Place, Art Gallery, St. Andrew’s Cathedral, Town Hall, G.P.O., Botanical Gardens, Circular Quay, Conservatorium, Farm Cove, South Head, Neutral Bay, Mosman’s Bay, Manly Beach, Watson’s Bay, Coogee, Bondi Beach, and Sutherland National Park;
Publishing details: Sydney, NSW : Samuel Wood, [circa 1920]. Oblong octavo (125 x 200 mm), publisher’s brown card wrappers with embossed lettering to front,
Simbai Kua (illustrator)view full entry
Reference: Mother and son, colour illustrated throughout (including inside wrappers)

Publishing details: Western Province / Legends of Papua New Guinea Series / retold by Dianne McInnes / illustrations Kua Simbai. Cover: Long taim Bipo Stori. Coorparoo, Qld. : Robert Brown & Associates, [1995]. Octavo (210 x 145 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 16 pp,
Ref: 1000
Bardas Sandra and David collectionview full entry
Reference: see The Coppin Grove collection of Sandra and David Bardas / David Bardas [and Jenny Zimmer ; with an introduction by Gerard Vaughn]. [’This comprehensively illustrated volume tells the story of two people - Sandra Bardas (nee Smorgon) and David Bardas - who inherited from their parents a deep appreciation of the visual arts and were convinced of the importance of having art around them in the family home. They did not set out to form a collection but now, half a century later, that is undoubtedly what it is. The artworks they bought, usually by mutual consent and with great enthusiasm, were acquired from local galleries or discovered while on business trips abroad. Today they form a fascinating assemblage featuring many important works by European modernists from the Post Impressionists to the School of Paris. Represented are artists such as Cezanne, Picasso, Braque, Signac, Derain, Bonnard, Leger and Vlaminck. Australian artists in the collection include John Brack, John Olsen, Brett Whiteley, Arthur Boyd and Sidney Nolan - and others of the next generation with whom Sandra Bardas studied at art school in the late 1950s. Somewhat unusually, the collection also reflects a strong interest in sculpture, with works by Europeans Pino Conte, Jacques Lipchitz and Auguste Rodin as well as the Australians Brett Whiteley, George Baldessin, Tony Pryor, Gus Dall'Ava and Bruce Armstrong. Apart from showcasing the collection, this book offers intriguing insights into a family's dedication to lives lived in the presence of objects evidencing human creativity and the joy they bring.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2011.
176 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. ; 32 x 26 cm
Hurley Frank and othersview full entry
Reference: From the Australian front - schrapnel and smiles, illustrated. Photographs from the Western Front by Frank Hurley and others, including the Somme and Ypres, illustrated wrappers by Fred Leist
Publishing details: London : Cassell, 1917. Quarto, pp. 128,
Ref: 1000
Leist Fred cover illustrationview full entry
Reference: From the Australian front - schrapnel and smiles, illustrated. Photographs from the Western Front by Frank Hurley and others, including the Somme and Ypres, illustrated wrappers by Fred Leist
Publishing details: London : Cassell, 1917. Quarto, pp. 128,
Halpern Stacha printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dawson Janet printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Smart Jeffrey printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hick Jacqueline printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Aldor Christine printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bannon Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dallwitz David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Seidel Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
MacFarlane Pamela printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Schepers Karin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cilento Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kempf Franz printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Olley Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hatch Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rigby John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grey-Smith Guy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kahan Louis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Moore Mary printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stannage Miriam printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gibbons Tom printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grey-Smith Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wallace-Crabbe Robin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wicks Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mann Gillian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Herel Petr printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Schmeisser Jorg printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hinder Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Coburn John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rooney Elizabeth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Allen Joyce printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hodgkinson Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ewins Rod printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Barwell Geoff printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rosengrave Harry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hood Kenneth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McGilchrist Erica printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Adams Tate printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brash Barbara printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Whisson Ken printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stein Guenter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bizley Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Macqueen Mary printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Clifton Nancy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Reddington Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Thorpe Lesbia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Counihan Noel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Senbergs Jan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
King Grahame printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bilu Asher printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brack John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Crooke Ray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rooney Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Baldessin George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cleghorn Tom printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ostoja-Kotkowski Stanislaus printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robinson John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stringer John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Palmer Ethleen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ogilvie Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Edwards Ron printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Blackman Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cant James printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burns Peter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dalgarno Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burke Frances Fabrics printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Glass Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
David Allen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Thompson Roma printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Williams Fred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Neeson John P printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dent John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Clutterbuck Jock printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Moynihan Daniel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leti Bruno printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wee Tak Kok printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shomaly Alberr printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hjorth Noela printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mantzaris Diane printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kelly William printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gerner Philip printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pugh Clifton Studio printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tucker Albert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
French Leonard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Drysdale Russell printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Original Graphics publisher of printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kemp Roger printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Looby Keith printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rees Lloyd printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Genis Fred printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Storrier Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Port Jackson Press printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McNeilage Ian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Graham Anne Marie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ball Sydney printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Worth Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leach-Jones Alun printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dumbrell Lesley printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wright Normana printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hardy Cecil printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Harper Melinda printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leveson Sandra printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rudyard Carol printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Riddell Alan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Jacks Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Johnson Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Larter Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sharp Martin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shead Garry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Latimer Bruce printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McBurnie Ron printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brown Mike printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robinson Sally printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Powditch Peter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Davila Juan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Killen Virginia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Orchard Ken printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Worstead Paul printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Murray-White Clive printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Phoenix Frances (Budden) printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Budden Phoenix Frances printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burns Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kossatz Les printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Jones-Roberts Gareth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lawton Tina printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lyons Trevor printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Coleing Tony printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Loane John printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Victorian Print Workshop printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Amor Rick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sansom Gareth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gittoes George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wei Guan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Genis Graphics printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Zulumovski Vera printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nedelkopoulos Nicholas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Young Bill printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Zofrea Salvatore printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Faggioni Giorgio printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Groblicka Lidia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Valamanesh Hossein printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Eager Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Binns Vivienne printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Watson Jenny printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ely Bonita printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lohse Kate printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Klein Deborah printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McDiarmid David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Moore Ross printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Arnold Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Experimental Art Foundation view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sutinen Asko printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Arbuz Mark printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Little Colin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Earthworks Poster Collective printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robertson Toni printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Danko Aleks printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Debenham Pam printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mackinolty Chips printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McMahon Marie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Women’s Domestic Needlework Group printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Martin Mandy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Newmarch Ann printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McKay Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Breen Leonard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Black Cat Collective printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Inkahoots printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gibb Viva Jillian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Corporate Art Terrorists printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Callaghan Michael printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Redback Graphix printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grace Stephen printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cullen Gregor designer and printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Duardo Oscar printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Garage Graphix printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hill Andrew printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Black Wendy printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Redletter Press printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Russell Colin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shiels Julie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Another Planet Posters printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Red Planet Posters printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Porter Carol printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Young Ray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kozic Maria printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Spraycan Insurrection Against Capitalism view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mombassa Reg printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pinchuk Stanislava (Miso) printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Miso - Stanislava Pinchuk printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tamanui Regan (HaHa) printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
HaHa - Regan Tamanui printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tipungwuti Giovanni printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gilbert Kevin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burarrwanga Charlie Matjuwi printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Waradjima Albert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tungutalum Bede printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tjungarrayi Charlie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bulunbulun Johnny printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rawling Larry printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tjampitjinpa Dinny Nolan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Osborne Lindal printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mal Studio printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Maymuru Narritjin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tremblay Theo printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Singer Sadie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marika Banduk printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burgess Ruth printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Iwantja Print Workshopview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pike jimmy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Desert Designs view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gingingara Doris printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kunmanara Cherel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kantilla Kitty printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
King Martin printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Phillips Dennis Deeaggadditt printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Street Mervyn printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nyinawanga Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kantilla Fatima printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rogers Molly printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Andrews Daisy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Foley Fiona printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Meeks Arone Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pooaraar Bevan Hayward printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Casey Karen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bennett Gordon printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Watson Judy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Quaill Avril printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hinton-Bateup Alice printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pickett Byron printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kennedy Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Abdulla Ian W printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Campbell Robert Jnr printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Purdie Shirley printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Carlton Paddy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gohier Franck printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marika Dhuwarrwarr printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stainer Leon printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mununggurr Marrnyula printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mununggurr Mundul printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gaymala Nancy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wanambi Gundimulk printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Yunupingu Nancy Gaymala printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Maymuru-White Naminapu printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tipoti Alick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Jose Ellen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mabo Gail printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Djumbungi Press printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robinson Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nona Denis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nona Laurie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Baira Frederick William printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Missi Billy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Akis Timothy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wungi Cecil King printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kauage Mathias printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lasisi David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kaikilekofe Patrice printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Matchitt Paratene printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Muka Studio printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kahukiwa Robyn printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Feu’u Fatu printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tupou Samuel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
White Robin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pule John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Maguire Marian printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burra Burra Djambu printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hall Basil printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Jappaljarri David Sambo printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Waistcoat Kerry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marawill Marrirra printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Vongpoothorn Savanhdary printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Westcott Kim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Harris Brent printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Campbell Cressida printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
de Medici eX printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Atkis Rosalind printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lincoln Kevin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Headlam Kristin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kontos Sarah printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Noonan David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ross Joan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hanks Rew printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Parr Mike printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Viridian Press printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Barton Del Kathryn printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kluge-Pott Hertha printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Payne Patsy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nolan Rose printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Floyd Emily printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Harding Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Craig Carolyn printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Emmerson Neil printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
White Simon printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
King Martin printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Australian Print Workshopview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Andrew Brook printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rennie Reko printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Drew Peter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Iqbal Mehwish printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hall Fiona printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Fox Belinda printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mellor Danie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Maguire Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Armeneiro Tony printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wright Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bot G W printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Milojevic Milan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McBurnie Ron printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robinson William printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leveson Neil printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Napangardi Dorothy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wolseley John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Harding Dale printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pease Christopherview full entry
Reference: see Nyoongar Identity and the Art of Christopher Pease, by Ms Ainslie R. Gatt. This thesis is presented for the degree of Master of Curatorial Studies in Fine Art by Research, The University of Western Australia School of Design, September 2019.
This Master’s thesis explores the art and life of Christopher Pease. Whilst there are existing areas of scholarly research documenting Nyoongar Aboriginal art, the art of Christopher Pease remains relatively unexplored. Written in the form of a monograph, I explore Pease's life and a selection of his artworks, focusing on his paintings connected to Western Australia’s south coast and his Nyoongar heritage. The reader will gain an understanding of the politics of Aboriginal identity within an Australian postcolonial context and about Pease’s identity in relation to his Australian upbringing. I also provide an analysis of how Pease’s art is linked to Western modes of painting and extends existing scholarly research on Nyoongar Nation art and cultural practices. Finally, this provides a meaningful contribution towards a curatorial discourse on an accomplished Western Australian artist.
Lesueur Charles Alexandreview full entry
Reference: Charles-Alexandre Lesueur Artiste et Savant Français en Amérique... [’A detailed and surprisingly rare monograph on the Baudin voyage artist and naturalist Lesueur and the later period of his life spent in America, which includes a brief summary of his work on the Baudin expedition. He is renowned for his exceptional illustrations in the official publication of the voyage: ‘Lesueur’s scientific work runs parallel to artistic work of great importance. He was at one and the same time draughtsman and painter, naturalist and landscape artist. His talent was recognised in France in his own lifetime, by the award... of the silver medal of the Société des Beaux-Arts...’ (Baudin in Australian Waters, p. 26).
This publication is of particular interest for Lesueur’s later career. In 1815, he travelled to
the United States with the American geologist William Maclure, and in 1825 joined the New Harmony commune in Indiana soon after it was founded. It was during this period that he cemented his reputation as a naturalist, especially for his work in conjunction with the Ameri- can Thomas Say.’ from Hordern House catalogue, 2022]
Publishing details: Large octavo, 42 plates; in marbled parchment boards, original wrappers. Le Havre, Museum d’histoire naturelle, 1920.

Ref: 1000
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: Rosalie Gascoigne exhibition catalogue, Ros Oxley9 Gallery, 1 April - 2 May, 1998, includes biography and list of 23 works with prices.
Publishing details: Ros Oxley9 Gallery, 1998, 4pp
Ref: 145
Hesling Bernard illustratorview full entry
Reference: Those Beastly Australians, some faunagraphic data compiled for students of Australian wild life, by Leon Gellert, illustrated by Bernard Hesling
Publishing details: Sydney, N.S.W. : Australasian Pub. Co., [1944] 
52 p. : ill. ;
Other Voicesview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Ref: 89
Brook Donaldview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article by Donald Brook on ‘Multiles and Unlimiteds’.
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Paramor Wendyview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article on Wendy Paramor by Alan Oldfield.
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Oldfield Alanview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article on Wendy Paramor by Alan Oldfield.
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Peart Johnview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article on John Peart by Gary Catalano.
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Ahern Davidview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article by David Ahern
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Lanceley Colinview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes interview with Colin Lanceley by Robert Coles-Stokes
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Pinacotheca Group Exhibitionview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article on Pinacotheca Group Exhibition
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Doolin Jamesview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 2 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article on James Doolin by P. E. McGillick
Publishing details: August/September, 1970
Colour Form Painting Sydney 1965-70 view full entry
Reference: see Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 1 - a critical journey 1970 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes article on Colour Form Painting Sydney 1965-70 by Terry Smith
Publishing details: June-July, 1970
Oldfield Alanview full entry
Reference: see Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 1 - a critical journey 1970 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes 4 drawings by Alan Oldfield
Publishing details: June-July, 1970
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 1 - a critical journey 1970 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes review of ‘Nolan’s Paradise Garden’ by G. R. Lansdell.
Publishing details: June-July, 1970
French Leonardview full entry
Reference: see Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 1 - a critical journey 1970 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]. Includes review of Leonard French exhibition by Terry Smith
Publishing details: June-July, 1970
Pagram Edwardview full entry
Reference: Never had it so good, written and illustrated by Edward Pagram
Publishing details: Melbourne, London, Heinemann [1968] 
109 p. illus.
Pagram Edwardview full entry
Reference: A view of London / by Edward Pagram ; with an introd. by Colin Wilson [cartoons]
Publishing details: London : H. Hamilton, 1963 
[66] leaves
Ref: 1000
Pagram Edwardview full entry
Reference: Faces of Perth. Text and editing [by] Paul Ritter. Paintings and drawings [by] Edward Pagram.

Publishing details: Kelmscott, Perth, Ritter Press, 1967
Ref: 1000
Pagram Edwardview full entry
Reference: A vision of battlements [by] Anthony Burgess. Illustrated by Edward Pagram

Publishing details:
London, Sidgwick and Jackson [1965]
Ref: 1000
Lindsay Norman koalasview full entry
Reference: see Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Outhwaite Ida Rentoul koalasview full entry
Reference: see Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Gibbs May koalasview full entry
Reference: see Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Wall Dorothy koalasview full entry
Reference: see Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Argent Kerry koalasview full entry
Reference: see Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Harcus Annette koalasview full entry
Reference: see Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
sculpture in the 1960sview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Hinder Margelview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Klippel Robertview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
van der Struik Berend p7view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Hohaus Hermann p7view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Dadswell Lyndonview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Meadmore Clementview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Parr Lentonview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Kane Juliusview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Broughton Owen mentioned p9view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Lyle Max view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Clements Bill mentioned p9view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Bishop Tony mentioned p9view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Murray-White Clive mentioned p9view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Richmond Oliffeview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Gregory Billview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Lendon Nigel mentionedview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Bass Tomview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Lewers Geraldview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Brook Donaldview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Kitching Michael mentionedview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Bow Ian mentionedview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Sinclair Margaret mentionedview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Hepworh Barbaraview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Walker Stephen view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Jomantas Vincasview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Last Cliffordview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Miller Charles A footnote p 15view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Priest Margaret footnote p 15view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes article ‘Australian Sculpture in the 1960s’, by Noel Hutchinson. This was apparently the first of three articles but Other Voices ceased publication after number 3. The artist is discussed in this article.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Danko Aleksanderview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Includes photo essay on work by the artist.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Stuart Guyview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Included in essay by Margaret Plant with comments on artists.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Partos Paulview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Included in essay by Margaret Plant with comments on artists.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Parks Ti p41view full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Included in essay by Margaret Plant with comments on artists.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
VickersTrevorview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)] Included in essay by Margaret Plant with comments on artists.
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Wallace-Crabbe essay byview full entry
Reference: Other Voices, Vol 1 no. 3 [there were 3 issues - Vol. 1, no. 1 (June/July 1970)-v. 1, no. 3 (Oct./Dec. 1970)]
Publishing details: October/December,1970
Taweel Shirleenview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine Art Gallery Society of NSW, Fb - March, 2022. Artist’s choice of works in the gallery. And ‘New Acquisition’, ‘tracing transcendance’, p 60-1
Publishing details: Look, 2022
Coelho Kirstenview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine Art Gallery Society of NSW, Fb - March, 2022. Article on the artist titles ‘ A narrative of objects’. By Sarah Couper. p42-6
Publishing details: Look, 2022
Nicholas Hilda Rix new acquisition AGNSWview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine Art Gallery Society of NSW, Fb - March, 2022. Article by Denise Mimmochi on new acuiisition The Arab Sheep Market.
Publishing details: Look, 2022
Christmas Ethelview full entry
Reference: see GFL Fine Art auction 10th of February, 2022, lot 40:
ETHEL CHRISTMAS
CASWELL SOUND NEW ZEALAND
Signed and dated 1901 lower left
Oil on canvas
23.5.x 35cm
Frame: 39 x 52 x 7cm

Ethel Christmas was the sister of Ernest W. Christmas. She held an exhibition of her works in Perth in 1900 at Bickfords Coloseum. This is the first painting by the artist to appear in auction.

The work is in sound condition, however, would benefit from a clean. The period frame is scratched and has numerous plaster losses.

Henderson Edmund Yeamans Walcott 1821-1896view full entry
Reference: see GFL Fine Art auction 10th of February, 2022,
47
EDMUND YEAMANS WALCOTT HENDERSON (1821-1896)
BRUTON SOMERSET
Label verso
Watercolour gouache and collage
33 x 49cm
Frame: 58 x 73 x 3.5cm

Captain Henderson arrived in Fremantle in 1850 with the first group of convicts. He had been appointed as the Comptroller of Convicts and Chief Engineer charged with establishing the convict penal system throughout the colony.

The work is in good condition though the paper has discoloured with age. There are spots of foxing in the top quarter of the image and a crease in the upper left corner. Artwork has not been de-framed and inspected for the purpose of this condition report.
Somerscales Thomas Jacques (1842-1927) view full entry
Reference: see P&R Auctions Collectors ServiceQC, Canada, Fine Arts, Jewelry, Coins, Medals and more, Feb 15, 2022, lot 79: Somerscales, Thomas Jacques (1842-1927) UK Title: Rounding Tasmania (1898) Description (FR): Huile sur panneau, signee en bas a droite T.J. Somerscales, titree et datee en bas a gauche Rounding Tasmania 16.3.98 Description (ENG): Oil on board, signed on lower right T.J. Somerscales, titled and dated on lower left Rounding Tasmania 16.3.98 Dimension (PO): 18" x 24" Dimension (CM): 45.72 x 60.96 cm
Dudley Rodview full entry
Reference: Rod Dudley in Italy 1965 - 1993, by F. Buzio Negri .
Publishing details: The Artist, 1994. First Edition. Paperback. 52pp
Ref: 1000
Moore Kenview full entry
Reference: see Roseberys auction, February 15, 2022, lot 116 Ken Moore, British/Australian b.1923 - Plantagenet, London, 1960; oil on canvas, signed lower right 'Kenneth Moore' and titled and dated on the reverse, 50.6 x 53.3 cm (ARR) Note: In 1963 the artist was the director of the London-based Commonwealth Biennale of Abstract Art, which followed the vision of curators Denis Bowen and Frank Avray-Wilson, and an exhibition prize was awarded to Aubrey Williams.

Graham Anne Marieview full entry
Reference: see Artmarketspace auction,  Sunday 27th February, 2022, online, 20 works. The public viewing will take place from Thursday February 24th through to Sunday February 27th from 11am to 5pm daily at 78B Charles Street, Putney, NSW 2112.
Place makersview full entry
Reference: PLACE MAKERS: CONTEMPORARY QUEENSLAND ARCHITECTS. by Miranda Wallace; Sarah Stutchbury
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 2008.
First Edition.
30.5cm x 24cm. 320 pages, colour photographs.
Ref: 1000
architecture queenslandview full entry
Reference: see PLACE MAKERS: CONTEMPORARY QUEENSLAND ARCHITECTS. by Miranda Wallace; Sarah Stutchbury
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 2008.
First Edition.
30.5cm x 24cm. 320 pages, colour photographs.
Thurston Elizaview full entry
Reference: see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 114: Eliza Thurston (1807-1873)
Capertee Valley Taken From Crown Ridge Sydney Road, c. 1868
watercolour and gouache on paper
Measurements:
38 x 52 cm
Provenance:
Exhibited: The Artist and The Patron, Aspects of Colonial Art in New South Wales, Art Gallery New South Wales, 2 March - 1 May 1988, Cat. No. 105, Illustrated pg 123, The Collection of Robert Hutchinson, Sydney
Labels:
Similar work illustrated 'Painted Panorama, Paintings from the Mitchell and Dixon Collections, State Library of NSW', pg 126/127
Bottrell Anneview full entry
Reference: see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 118: Anne Bottrell (19th Century)
Harbour View with Sailboat, 1884
hand painted on terracotta plaque, signed and dated l.r.c. ‘Anne Bottrell 1884’, with ‘Eneret P-Ipson Kjobenhavn, 431’ embossed mark verso, A/F
Measurements:
oval 30 x 40 cm
Provenance:
The Collection of Robert Hutchinson, Sydney
Gibbes Francis Blowerview full entry
Reference: see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 119: Frances Blower Gibbes (Scottish/ Australia 1815-1904)
Staghorn Creek Yackandandah, 1876
watercolour on paper, signed and dated l.r.c. ‘F.B. Gibbes 1876’
Measurements:
19 x 29 cm
Provenance:
The Collection of Robert Hutchinson, Sydney
Hing Luin view full entry
Reference: see see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 129: Luin Hing (19th/ Early 20th Century)
Portrait of a Mature Lady wearing a black bonnet of feathers and frills, c.1890's-1900's
she holds black gloves in her lap and is seated next to a basket of flowers, oil on canvas, stamped to canvas verso ‘Luin Hing, Portrait Painter, 197 George Street Sydney’
Measurements:
58.5 x 44 cm
Provenance:
The Collection of Robert Hutchinson, Sydney
Howes William Henry 1856-1911view full entry
Reference: see see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 203: William Henry Howes (1856-1911)
The Circular Quay & Exhibition NSW, 1889
watercolour on paper, signed and dated l.l.c. ‘W.H. Howes, 1889’
Measurements:
17.5 x 30 cm
Provenance:
The Collection of Robert Hutchinson, Sydney
Woodthorpe Vincentview full entry
Reference: see see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 206: Vincent Woodthorpe (1764-1822)
East View of Sydney, South View of Sydney New South Wales, 1803
pair of etchings, hand coloured, published by M. Jones, Paternoster Row. Feb 5 1803 (2)
Measurements:
10 x 15.5 cm; 10 x 15.5 cm
Burgess Evelyn Mview full entry
Reference: see see Shapiro auction, Sydney, The Robert Hutchinson Collection of Australiana
Auction Tuesday 22 February, 2022, lot 227: Eveline M. Burgess (20th Century)
Homestead Scene
oil on board, signed l.c. ‘Eveline M. Burgess’
Measurements:
49 x 75 cm
Bischof Wenerview full entry
Reference: BISCHOF, Marco.
QUESTIONS TO MY FATHER: A TRIBUTE TO WERNER BISCHOF. By Marco Bischof

Publishing details: Trolley Ltd., 2004.
4to, 160pp. Black & white illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, February 10, 2022, Review: Vivienne Binns: On and through the Surface, MUMA’ by Julie Shiels, Lecturer - School of Art, RMIT University
Valamanesh Hossein 1949-2022view full entry
Reference: see obituary, by John McDonald, Sydney Morning Herald, 11 February, 2022, p 34
Publishing details: SMH, 11 February, 2022, p 34
Valamanesh Angela view full entry
Reference: see refereneces to in the obituary for Hossein Valamanesh, by John McDonald, Sydney Morning Herald, 11 February, 2022, p 34
Publishing details: SMH, 11 February, 2022, p 34
Case that Stopped a Nation Theview full entry
Reference: The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [Artists with significant references in this book have been included in Scheding Index. Other artists still to be indexed?] [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Archibald Prizeview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp
Destination Sydneyview full entry
Reference: DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Ross Joan essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Lowry Fiona essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Esson Merran essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Laurence Janet essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Rothwell Caroline essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Stacey Robyn essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Oliver Bronwyn essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Kitson Juz essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Keeler-Milne Jennifer essayview full entry
Reference: see DESTINATION SYDNEY: THE NATURAL WORLD, A COLLABORATION BETWEEN THREE SYDNEY PUBLIC GALLERIES. [’The third exhibition in a special series of collaborations between three Sydney public galleries, Manly Art Gallery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery and the National Trust’s S. H. Ervin Gallery.
Like its preceding exhibitions, it showcases artworks responding to the theme of Sydney as a place of creative endeavours, with a strong focus on the work of major Australian women artists, all connected by their concern for organic forms found in nature and the environment.
Destination Sydney: the natural world presents the work of a group of key Australian artists whose art practice has become synonymous with the natural world: Joan Ross, Fiona Lowry, Merran Esson (Manly Art Gallery & Museum), Janet Laurence, Caroline Rothwell, Robyn Stacey (Mosman Art Gallery), and Bronwyn Oliver, Juz Kitson and Jennifer Keeler-Milne (S.H. Ervin Gallery).
This exhibition is part of the 2022 Sydney Festival.
The exhibition catalogue is generously supported by the Gordon Darling Foundation.’]
Publishing details: Manly Art Galery & Museum, Mosman Art Gallery, S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2022, pb, 119pp
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see The Saturday Paper, Edition No. 386
February 12–18, 2022, profile by Helen Hughes. This article was first published in the print edition of The Saturday Paper on Feb 12, 2022 as "Being human".
Tufnell Cdr. Eric Erskine Campbell 1888-1978view full entry
Reference: see REEMAN DANSIE auction, UK, 27.2.22 lot 102: Cdr. Eric Erskine Campbell Tufnell, R.N. (1888-1978) watercolour - H.M.S. Newcastle, Sydney Harbour signed, 37cm x 26cm in glazed frame, together with 3 photographs. (4)
Kahler Carl view full entry
Reference: see art calendar, Valley Mercantile Co, Hamilton, MT, (USA) Jan. 1912, features painting of horses by Carl Kahler titled 128 Late for Supper; a copy of this in lot 1532,
Holabird Western Americana Collections, Western Trails & Treasures Auction Day 1, 25.2.22. Note: all calendar art copyrighted by the Thomas D. Murphy Company of Red Oak, Iowa. Murphy, along with a partner, started the company in 1888 and became the nation's premier calendar art company for over 100 years. Today, the company's original power plant building is on the National Register of Historic Places.Date: Country (if not USA): State: City: Provenance: Stuart Mackenzie Montana Mining Collection.

Works on Paper 2view full entry
Reference: Works on Paper 2 - Regional Development Program Exhibition. Gunter Christmann, Richard Havyaatt, Allan Mitelman, John R. Neeson. 1978 exhibition in New South Wales, Queensland, and Victoria, in Australia (many photos of works)
Publishing details: Visual Arts Board Australia Council, nd c.1978, pb, 76pp
Ref: 1000
Melbourne lifeview full entry
Reference: Melbourne life : numerous beautiful full-page illustrations by popular artists.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Herbert Woodhouse, [ca. 1896] [32] pages : illustrations, portraits
Ref: 1009
Woodhouse Herbertview full entry
Reference: see Melbourne life : numerous beautiful full page illustrations by popular artists

Publishing details: Melbourne : Herbert Woodhouse, [ca. 1896] [32] pages : illustrations, portraits
Woodhouse Frederick Snr view full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
Woodhouse Frederick Jnr view full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
Woodhouse Clarence view full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
Woodhouse Herbert view full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
Woodhouse Edwin view full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
sporting paintersview full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
Australian Colonial sporting paintersview full entry
Reference: see Australian Colonial sporting painters : Frederick Woodhouse and sons, by Colin Laverty. Bibliography: p.105-108. This book reviews the sporting paintings of Frederick Woodhouse Snr and his four sons: Frederick Jnr, Clarence, Herbert & Edwin. As the blurb says: 'The family's large and varied output provides fascinating documentation of some of the recreations and other activities of the colonists, particularly horse racing, coursing and hunting.'
Publishing details: David Ell Press, 1980, 108p. : ill.(some col.),
kangaroos in artview full entry
Reference: see Kangaroo - Images through the Ages, compiled and written by R. M. Younger
Publishing details: Century Hutchison. 1988
Watters Frankview full entry
Reference: Artworks from the Estate of Frank Watters, Shapiro auction, Sydney, 15 February, 2022. Includes over 50 short pieces of writing on the artists (and their works) that included in the sale. Includes 4 works by Frank Watters as well as 276 works collected by him.
Publishing details: Shapiro auction, Sydney, 15 February, 2022. 80pp, pb.
Adams Judeview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Afshar Hodaview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Alder Alisonview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Allan Mickyview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Andrews Daisyview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Angeloro Danview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Angeloro Domview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Archer Suzanneview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Art/Mumsview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bad Mothersview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Baker Ali Gumilaview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Baker Nyukana (Daisy)view full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Baker Suview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Smith Baker Dianaview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Cleveland Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Barrett Francesview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bates Tjpart Ji Kanytjuriview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bell catherineview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bellear Lisaview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bennett Shirleyview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Benson Kanytupayi view full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Butler Romaview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bertram Hannahview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Beynon Kateview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bezor Annetteview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bishop Oliveview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bleach Lucyview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Boddy Janet rview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bolt Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Borgelt Marionview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Brassington Patview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Bronte Hannahview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp
Budden/Phoenix Francesview full entry
Reference: see Doing Feminism Women’s Art and Feminist Criticism in Australia, by Anne Marsh. With index an bibliography. Includes biographical information on artists within texts and on some artists within separate essays. [’Doing Feminism represents over 220 artists and groups with 370 colour illustrations punctuated by extracts from artists' statements, curatorial writing and critique. Tracking networks of art practice, exhibitions, protest and critical thought over several generations, Marsh demonstrates the innovation and power of women's art and the ways in which it has influenced and changed the contemporary (read more)‘] Anne Marsh is a contemporary art historian and Professorial Research Fellow at Victorian College of the Arts. Before joining the University of Melbourne, she was Professor of Art History and Theory at Monash University. Her books include LOOK- Contemporary Australian Photography since 1980 (2010) and Body and Self- Performance Art in Australia, 1969-1992 (1993, 2015).
Publishing details: Melbourne University Publications, 2021, 544pp


First | Previous | Record 142,551 – 143,550 of 1,000